1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
37 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
40 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
41 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
43 #include <sys/types.h>
46 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
53 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
54 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
57 #include "character.h"
60 #include "dispextern.h"
62 #include "termhooks.h"
65 #include "emacs-icon.h"
70 #include "intervals.h"
75 #include "xsettings.h"
77 #include "sysselect.h"
80 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
92 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
93 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
97 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
99 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
100 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
102 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
105 #if defined USE_MOTIF
106 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
107 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
108 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
112 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
114 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
115 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
116 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
117 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
119 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
120 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
121 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
122 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
124 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
128 #ifndef XtNinitialState
129 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
133 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
136 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
146 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
149 static bool any_help_event_p
;
151 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
154 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* The application context for Xt use. */
159 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
160 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
162 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
163 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
165 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
167 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
168 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
169 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
171 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
173 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
175 static int x_noop_count
;
177 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
179 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
180 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
183 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
184 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
186 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
187 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
190 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
191 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
195 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
200 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
201 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
203 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
205 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
209 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
211 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
212 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
213 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
216 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
217 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
218 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
219 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
221 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
222 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
223 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
224 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
225 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
226 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
227 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
228 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
229 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
231 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
232 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
233 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
234 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
235 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
236 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
237 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
239 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
240 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
241 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
242 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
243 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
244 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
245 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
246 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
247 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
249 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
250 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
251 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
252 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
253 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
254 const XEvent
*, int *,
255 struct input_event
*);
256 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
257 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
259 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
260 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
261 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
262 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
263 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
264 static void x_initialize (void);
267 /* Flush display of frame F. */
270 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
272 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
273 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
274 connection may be broken. */
275 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
279 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
284 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
285 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
286 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
287 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
288 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
291 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
294 /***********************************************************************
296 ***********************************************************************/
300 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
301 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
309 struct record event_record
[100];
311 int event_record_index
;
314 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
316 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
317 event_record_index
= 0;
319 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
320 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
321 event_record_index
++;
328 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
330 struct x_display_info
*
331 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
335 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
336 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
343 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
345 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
346 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
347 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
349 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
353 unsigned int nchildren
;
356 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
363 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
366 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
369 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
370 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
372 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
376 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
381 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
382 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
383 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
384 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
388 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
390 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
393 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
395 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
397 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
398 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
399 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
400 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
402 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
404 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
405 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
406 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
408 /* return unless necessary */
413 unsigned long n
, left
;
415 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
416 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
417 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
420 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
422 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
432 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
433 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
434 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
439 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
441 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
445 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
447 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
451 /***********************************************************************
452 Starting and ending an update
453 ***********************************************************************/
455 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
456 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
457 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
458 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
459 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
462 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
468 /* Start update of window W. */
471 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
473 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
474 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
476 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
480 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
482 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
483 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
485 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
487 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
488 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
495 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
498 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
500 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
503 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
505 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
508 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
509 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
512 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
515 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
517 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
518 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
519 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
520 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
521 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
522 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
523 ? face_first
->foreground
524 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
525 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
526 ? face_last
->foreground
527 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
528 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
529 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
531 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
534 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
535 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
537 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
538 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
539 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
540 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
541 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
542 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
544 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
547 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
548 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
550 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
551 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
552 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
553 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
554 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
555 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
559 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
560 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
561 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
565 /* End update of window W.
567 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
568 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
570 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
571 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
572 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
574 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
575 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
579 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
580 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
587 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
588 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
589 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
591 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
593 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
594 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
596 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
602 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
603 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
604 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
605 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
609 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
613 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
615 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
616 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
620 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
626 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
627 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
630 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
633 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
637 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
640 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
642 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
644 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
646 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
647 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
648 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
649 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
650 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
651 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
654 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
655 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
656 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
657 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
663 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
664 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
665 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
666 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
667 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
670 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
674 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
675 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
678 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
679 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
680 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
681 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
682 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
683 overhead is very small. */
688 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
689 && desired_row
->full_width_p
690 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
691 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
693 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
696 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
699 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
700 0, y
, width
, height
);
701 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
702 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
711 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
713 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
714 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
715 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
716 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
717 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
719 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
720 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
722 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
724 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
725 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
726 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
727 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
729 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
731 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
733 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
734 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
737 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
743 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
744 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
748 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
750 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
752 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
754 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
756 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
757 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
759 face
->background
, depth
);
763 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
764 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
767 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
768 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
769 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
770 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
773 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
774 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
775 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
779 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
780 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
781 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
785 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
788 /***********************************************************************
790 ***********************************************************************/
794 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
795 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
796 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
797 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
798 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
799 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
800 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
801 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
802 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
803 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
804 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
806 unsigned long *, double, int);
807 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
808 double, int, unsigned long);
809 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
810 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
811 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
812 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
813 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
814 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
816 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
817 int, int, int, int, int, int,
819 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
820 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
821 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
824 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
828 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
832 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
834 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
835 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
836 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
838 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
841 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
845 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
846 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
848 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
849 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
850 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
851 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
852 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
853 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
854 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
856 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
857 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
858 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
860 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
861 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
864 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
865 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
866 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
868 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
869 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
872 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
873 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
875 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
880 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
883 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
888 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
889 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
890 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
892 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
894 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
895 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
897 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
898 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
899 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
901 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
905 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
910 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
911 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
912 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
913 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
915 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
916 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
919 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
920 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
922 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
925 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
929 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
930 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
931 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
934 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
940 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
941 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
945 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
947 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
949 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
952 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
954 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
956 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
957 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
959 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
964 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
966 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
967 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
969 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
970 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
973 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
978 /* GC must have been set. */
979 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
983 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
984 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
987 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
989 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
990 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
993 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
998 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
999 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1003 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1008 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1010 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1013 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1018 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1021 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1024 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1025 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1027 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1029 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1031 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1032 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1035 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1036 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1037 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1041 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1043 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1045 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1046 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1047 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1051 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1052 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1057 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1060 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1063 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1064 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1065 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1066 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1070 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1071 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1072 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1073 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1074 contains the first component of a composition. */
1077 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1079 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1080 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1081 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1083 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1087 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1088 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1089 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1090 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1091 s
->background_width
,
1092 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1093 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1094 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1096 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1097 || s
->font_not_found_p
1098 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1101 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1102 s
->background_width
,
1103 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1104 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1110 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1113 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1117 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1118 of S to the right of that box line. */
1119 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1120 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1121 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1125 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1127 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1129 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1131 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1132 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1133 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1135 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1140 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1141 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1144 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1145 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1147 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1149 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1150 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1152 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1153 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1154 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1158 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1161 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1164 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1166 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1167 of S to the right of that box line. */
1168 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1169 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1170 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1174 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1175 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1176 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1177 this composition. */
1179 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1180 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1181 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1183 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1184 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1185 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1187 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1191 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1192 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1193 space on the left or right. */
1194 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1196 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1197 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1199 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1200 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1201 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1206 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1211 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1213 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1214 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1215 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1218 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1222 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1223 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1224 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1227 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1228 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1229 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1231 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1232 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1241 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1242 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1248 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1251 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1253 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1257 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1258 of S to the right of that box line. */
1259 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1260 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1261 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1267 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1269 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1270 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1272 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1275 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1276 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1280 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1281 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1282 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1283 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1284 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1285 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1288 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1290 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1291 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1292 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1298 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1301 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1302 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1304 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1305 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1307 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1308 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1309 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1311 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1312 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1313 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1316 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1317 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1318 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1319 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1320 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1321 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1325 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1329 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1330 cannot be determined. */
1332 static struct frame
*
1333 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1335 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1336 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1339 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1341 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1342 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1343 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1344 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1345 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1346 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1348 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1349 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1350 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1354 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1355 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1356 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1362 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1363 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1364 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1365 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1366 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1367 Value is true if successful. */
1370 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1371 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1373 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1374 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1377 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1380 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1381 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1383 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1385 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1387 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1392 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1393 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1395 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1398 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1400 DPY is the display we are working on.
1402 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1403 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1404 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1405 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1407 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1408 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1410 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1411 we allocated the color or not.
1413 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1416 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1417 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1418 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1428 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1429 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1431 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1435 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1436 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1437 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1439 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1441 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1442 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1444 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1446 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1447 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1449 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1450 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1452 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1453 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1458 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1460 params
[0] = color_name
;
1461 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1462 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1463 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1468 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1470 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1472 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1476 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1480 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1481 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1484 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1489 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1490 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1491 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1493 APP is the application context in which we work.
1495 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1496 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1497 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1499 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1502 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1507 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1509 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1512 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1514 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1515 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1516 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1517 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1518 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1523 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1526 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1527 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1528 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1529 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1531 static const XColor
*
1532 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1534 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1536 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1538 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1539 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1542 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1543 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1544 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1546 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1547 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1549 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1550 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1553 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1554 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1558 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1559 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1562 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1566 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1569 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1571 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1572 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1573 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1574 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1578 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1582 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1583 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1586 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1588 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1592 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1593 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1594 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1598 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1602 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1605 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1606 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1607 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1608 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1610 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1611 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1612 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1614 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1616 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1618 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1619 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1620 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1621 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1623 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1626 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1630 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1631 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1632 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1633 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1637 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1638 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1639 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1640 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1641 XColor
*cached_color
;
1643 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1644 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1645 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1646 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1647 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1649 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1650 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1651 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1655 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1657 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1658 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1664 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1665 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1666 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1670 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1672 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1673 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1677 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1678 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1679 get color reference counts right. */
1682 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1686 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1688 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1689 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1691 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1692 register_color (pixel
);
1698 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1701 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1702 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1703 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1704 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1705 use an additional additive factor.
1707 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1708 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1709 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1712 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1713 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1714 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1715 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1716 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1717 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1720 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1721 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1727 /* Get RGB color values. */
1728 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1729 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1731 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1732 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1733 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1734 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1735 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1737 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1738 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1740 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1741 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1742 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1743 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1744 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1746 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1747 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1748 /* The additive adjustment. */
1749 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1753 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1754 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1755 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1759 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1760 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1761 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1765 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1766 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1769 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1771 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1772 delta to the RGB values. */
1773 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1775 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1776 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1777 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1778 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1789 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1790 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1791 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1792 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1793 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1794 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1797 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1798 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1801 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1802 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1803 unsigned long pixel
;
1804 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1805 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1807 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1809 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1810 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1812 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1813 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1814 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1815 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1817 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1821 /* Allocate new color. */
1822 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1824 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1825 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1826 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1828 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1830 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1832 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1835 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1839 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1842 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1844 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1845 unsigned long color
;
1847 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1848 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1849 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1851 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1852 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1857 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1858 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1859 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1862 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1863 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1865 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1866 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1867 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1868 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1869 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1874 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1875 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1876 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1877 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1878 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1879 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1883 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1884 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1885 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1886 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1888 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1889 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1894 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1896 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1897 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1899 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1900 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1901 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1908 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1909 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1910 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1912 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1913 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1914 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1915 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1922 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1924 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1925 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1927 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1928 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1929 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1930 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1933 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1935 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1937 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1938 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1942 /* Outermost top line. */
1944 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1945 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1946 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1948 /* Outermost left line. */
1950 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1956 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1957 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1958 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1959 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1960 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1961 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1962 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1968 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1969 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1970 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1971 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1972 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1973 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1976 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1980 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1981 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1982 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1983 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1984 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1985 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1988 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1989 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1990 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1994 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
1995 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
1996 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1999 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2000 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2004 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2005 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2008 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2009 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2013 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2014 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2016 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2017 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2021 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2024 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2026 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2027 int left_p
, right_p
;
2028 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2029 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2031 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2032 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2033 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2035 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2036 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2038 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2040 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2041 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2043 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2045 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2047 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2049 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2050 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2052 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2053 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2054 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2056 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2058 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2060 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2061 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2062 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2065 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2066 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2067 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2072 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2075 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2078 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2080 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2081 right of that line. */
2082 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2083 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2085 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2087 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2089 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2090 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2091 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2092 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2098 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2099 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2100 trust on the shape extension to be available
2101 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2103 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2106 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2108 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2109 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2110 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2111 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2112 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2114 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2117 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2118 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2119 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2120 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2121 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2122 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2126 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2128 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2131 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2132 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2133 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2134 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2135 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2136 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2138 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2139 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2140 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2141 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2142 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2143 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2144 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2146 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2147 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2148 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2149 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2150 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2155 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2156 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2157 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2161 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2164 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2166 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2167 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2170 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2172 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2173 right of that line. */
2174 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2175 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2177 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2179 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2181 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2182 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2183 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2184 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2186 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2187 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2189 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2190 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2194 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2195 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2198 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2199 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2201 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2202 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2204 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2205 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2206 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2208 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2209 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2211 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2212 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2215 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2217 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2218 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2219 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2220 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2221 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2222 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2223 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2224 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2226 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2228 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2229 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2233 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2236 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2239 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2241 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2242 right of that line. */
2243 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2244 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2246 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2248 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2250 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2251 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2252 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2253 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2259 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2260 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2261 trust on the shape extension to be available
2262 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2264 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2268 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2269 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2270 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2271 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2272 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2274 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2275 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2276 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2277 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2281 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2282 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2283 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2285 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2286 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2287 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2288 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2289 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2290 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2291 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2293 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2294 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2295 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2296 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2301 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2302 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2303 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2307 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2308 give the rectangle to draw. */
2311 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2315 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2316 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2317 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2318 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2321 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2325 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2328 s->x +-------------------------
2331 | +-------------------------
2334 | | +-------------------
2340 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2342 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2343 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2345 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2348 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2349 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2350 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2351 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2353 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2354 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2356 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2357 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2361 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2362 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2366 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2367 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2368 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2369 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2370 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2372 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2373 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2374 s
->background_width
,
2377 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2379 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2381 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2384 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2385 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2386 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2387 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2388 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2389 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2390 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2395 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2397 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2398 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2399 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2400 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2407 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2409 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2412 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2413 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2416 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2417 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2419 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2422 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2425 /* Draw the foreground. */
2428 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2429 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2430 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2431 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2432 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2435 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2437 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2439 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2440 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2441 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2445 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2448 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2450 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2452 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2453 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2455 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2456 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2457 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2460 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2462 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2466 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2472 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2474 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2476 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2477 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2478 x
+= background_width
;
2480 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2481 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2485 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2487 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2488 if (width
< background_width
)
2491 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2495 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2499 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2500 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2502 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2508 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2509 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2511 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2513 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2514 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2515 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2516 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2521 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2522 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2523 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2524 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2527 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2530 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2532 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2533 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2535 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2536 except for header line and mode line. */
2537 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2539 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2542 if (background_width
> 0)
2543 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2546 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2550 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2556 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2561 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2563 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2564 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2565 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2568 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2570 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2574 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2578 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2579 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2580 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2582 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2585 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2587 /* Draw the waves */
2589 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2599 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2604 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2606 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2610 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2611 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2615 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2618 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2620 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2622 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2623 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2624 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2625 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2628 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2630 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2631 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2632 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2633 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2635 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2637 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2638 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2640 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2641 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2645 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2646 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2648 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2649 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2650 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2651 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2652 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2653 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2659 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2662 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2664 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2665 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2666 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2667 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2668 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2673 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2676 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2684 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2685 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2687 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2688 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2691 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2692 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2693 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2694 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2696 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2697 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2700 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2701 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2702 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2704 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2705 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2712 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2714 /* Draw underline. */
2715 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2717 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2720 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2724 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2726 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2727 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2730 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2732 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2735 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2736 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2738 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2739 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2740 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2744 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2745 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2746 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2749 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2753 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2754 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2755 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2756 specs, and its default is
2758 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2759 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2761 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2762 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2763 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2765 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2767 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2769 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2771 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2772 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2773 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2776 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2777 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2778 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2779 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2780 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2790 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2794 /* Draw overline. */
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2797 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2799 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw strike-through. */
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2816 unsigned long h
= 1;
2817 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2819 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2834 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2839 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2841 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2842 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2843 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2845 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2846 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2847 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2850 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2851 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2852 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2855 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2856 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2858 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2864 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2866 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2867 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2868 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2870 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2871 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2872 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2876 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2877 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2878 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2880 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2881 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2883 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2889 /* Reset clipping. */
2890 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2894 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2897 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2899 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2900 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2901 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2905 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2909 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2915 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2916 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2919 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2921 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2922 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2926 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2929 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2931 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2933 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2937 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2939 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2940 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2941 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2943 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2944 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2945 redisplay, do it here. */
2946 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2947 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2950 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2957 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2960 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2966 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2967 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2968 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2970 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2971 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2972 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2973 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2975 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2979 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2982 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2983 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2984 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2985 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2986 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2987 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2988 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2989 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2990 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2993 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2994 pixels into background pixels. */
2998 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2999 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3000 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3002 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3003 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3007 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3008 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3009 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3010 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3011 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3012 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3013 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3014 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3016 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3017 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3019 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3021 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3022 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3023 width
, flash_height
);
3024 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3026 (height
- flash_height
3027 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3028 width
, flash_height
);
3032 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3033 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3034 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3035 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3040 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3041 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3043 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3045 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3047 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3048 struct timespec timeout
;
3050 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3051 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3054 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3055 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3057 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3058 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3062 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3063 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3067 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3068 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3069 width
, flash_height
);
3070 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3072 (height
- flash_height
3073 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3074 width
, flash_height
);
3077 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3078 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3079 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3080 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3086 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3088 #undef XFillRectangle
3090 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3101 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3104 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3109 /* Make audible bell. */
3112 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3114 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3122 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3124 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3126 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3132 /***********************************************************************
3134 ***********************************************************************/
3136 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3137 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3140 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3146 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3149 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3152 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3154 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3155 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3157 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3159 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3160 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3161 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3165 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3166 line at the bottom. */
3167 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3168 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3170 height
= run
->height
;
3174 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3176 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3177 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3179 height
= run
->height
;
3184 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3187 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3188 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3189 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3199 /***********************************************************************
3201 ***********************************************************************/
3205 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3207 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3208 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3209 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3210 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3212 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3213 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3214 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3215 because of this (bug#9310). */
3216 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3217 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3218 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3219 x_uncatch_errors ();
3221 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3222 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3226 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3228 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3229 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3230 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3231 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3233 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3234 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3235 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3236 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3237 x_uncatch_errors ();
3239 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3240 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3243 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3244 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3245 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3246 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3247 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3250 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3252 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3254 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3256 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3257 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3258 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3260 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3261 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3263 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3264 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3266 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3269 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3272 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3273 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3274 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3277 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3279 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3281 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3283 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3284 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3286 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3287 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3288 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3289 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3290 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3291 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3292 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3293 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3295 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3296 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3299 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3302 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3303 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3306 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3308 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3310 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3312 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3313 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3315 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3316 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3320 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3321 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3323 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3324 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3328 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3329 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3331 static struct frame
*
3332 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3334 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3340 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3343 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3345 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3347 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3348 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3349 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3350 /* A tooltip frame? */
3351 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3352 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3353 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3355 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3357 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3359 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3360 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3361 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3364 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3365 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3366 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3368 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3373 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3375 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3378 static struct frame
*
3379 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3381 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3382 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3388 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3393 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3395 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3396 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3397 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3402 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3404 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3407 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3408 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3409 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3411 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3412 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3416 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3417 /* A tooltip frame. */
3425 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3427 static struct frame
*
3428 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3429 const XEvent
*event
)
3431 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3432 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3439 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3442 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3444 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3446 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3449 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3450 if (x
->menubar_widget
3451 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3458 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3459 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3462 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3464 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3471 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3474 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3476 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3480 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3482 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3483 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3486 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3490 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3491 /* Tooltip frame. */
3497 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3499 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3500 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3502 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3504 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3505 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3507 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3510 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3511 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3516 switch (event
->type
)
3521 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3523 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3525 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3526 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3527 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3528 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3530 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3536 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3537 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3538 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3539 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3543 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3545 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3546 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3547 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3554 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3555 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3558 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3560 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3564 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3565 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3566 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3568 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3569 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3570 the appropriate X display info. */
3573 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3575 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3579 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3581 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3583 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3585 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3586 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3587 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3588 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3589 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3591 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3592 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3596 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3598 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3601 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3602 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3603 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3609 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3611 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3613 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3615 int min_code
, max_code
;
3618 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3620 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3621 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3622 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3623 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3624 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3626 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3628 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3629 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3631 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3633 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3634 Alt keysyms are on. */
3636 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3637 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3639 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3641 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3642 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3644 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3646 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3650 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3654 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3656 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3662 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3663 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3668 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3669 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3674 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3675 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3676 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3677 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3682 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3683 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3684 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3685 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3689 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3690 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3691 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3692 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3693 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3702 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3703 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3705 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3706 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3709 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3710 make them just meta, not alt. */
3711 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3713 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3717 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3720 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3724 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3726 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3727 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3728 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3729 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3734 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3735 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3736 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3737 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3738 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3739 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3741 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3744 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3745 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3746 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3750 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3752 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3753 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3754 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3755 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3759 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3760 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3761 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3762 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3763 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3764 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3765 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3766 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3769 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3770 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3771 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3772 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3773 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3774 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3777 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3780 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3785 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3791 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3793 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3794 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3795 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3796 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3798 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3800 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3801 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3802 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3803 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3804 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3805 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3806 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3807 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3808 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3811 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3813 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3817 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3818 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3821 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3823 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3824 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3825 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3826 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3828 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3832 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3833 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3834 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3839 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3840 The input handler calls this.
3842 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3843 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3844 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3845 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3848 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3851 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3853 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3856 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3857 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3858 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3859 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3860 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3862 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3864 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3865 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3866 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3867 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3872 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3873 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3874 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3875 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3876 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3878 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3879 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3880 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3881 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3882 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3883 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3890 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3891 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3893 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3894 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3895 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3896 position on the scroll bar.
3898 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3899 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3902 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3903 was at this position.
3905 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3907 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3911 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3912 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3916 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3920 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3921 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3927 Window dummy_window
;
3930 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3932 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3933 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3934 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3935 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3936 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3938 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3940 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3941 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3942 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3944 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3947 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3948 a different screen. */
3951 /* The position on that root window. */
3954 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3957 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3959 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3961 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3962 containing the pointer. */
3966 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3970 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3971 structure is changing at the same time this function
3972 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3974 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3976 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3978 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3979 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3980 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3986 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3988 /* From-position, to-position. */
3989 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3993 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
3999 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4001 /* From-window, to-window. */
4004 /* From-position, to-position. */
4005 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4010 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4013 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4014 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4015 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4016 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4017 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4025 /* Now we know that:
4026 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4027 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4028 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4029 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4030 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4031 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4032 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4033 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4034 never use them in that case.) */
4037 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4038 want the edit window. */
4039 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4041 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4042 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4045 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4046 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4049 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4050 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4052 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4055 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4058 x_uncatch_errors ();
4060 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4063 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4065 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4069 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4075 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4076 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4080 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4081 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4082 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4083 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4084 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4085 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4086 the frame are divided into. */
4088 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4089 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4090 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4091 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4096 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4097 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4098 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4108 /***********************************************************************
4110 ***********************************************************************/
4112 /* Scroll bar support. */
4114 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4116 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4119 static struct scroll_bar
*
4120 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4122 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4124 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4125 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4126 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4128 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4130 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4132 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4135 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4137 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4138 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4139 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4140 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4141 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4144 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4145 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4146 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4147 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4154 #if defined USE_LUCID
4156 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4157 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4160 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4162 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4164 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4165 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4167 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4169 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4175 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4178 /************************************************************************
4180 ************************************************************************/
4182 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4184 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4186 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4187 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4189 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4191 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4192 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4195 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4197 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4199 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4201 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4202 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4203 to avoid jerkiness. */
4205 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4207 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4208 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4209 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4210 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4213 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4214 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4217 const char *end_action
;
4220 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4221 end_action
= "Release";
4222 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4223 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4224 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4225 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4228 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4229 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4232 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4234 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4235 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4236 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4237 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4239 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4242 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4243 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4245 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4246 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4247 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4249 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4250 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4253 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4255 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4256 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4257 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4258 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4261 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4264 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4265 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4266 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4267 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4268 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4269 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4270 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4274 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4275 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4276 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4277 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4278 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4281 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4282 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4283 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4284 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4285 will resolve such issues someday. */
4286 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4287 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4288 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4289 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4290 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4292 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4294 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4295 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4298 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4299 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4300 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4301 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4306 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4310 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4311 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4313 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4317 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4318 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4319 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4320 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4321 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4323 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4325 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4326 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4329 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4332 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4335 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4336 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4337 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4338 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4344 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4346 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4349 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4350 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4351 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4354 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4356 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4357 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4358 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4362 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4364 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4367 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4369 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4372 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4374 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4377 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4379 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4384 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4387 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4389 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4396 /* Get the slider size. */
4398 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4401 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4402 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4403 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4404 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4408 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4414 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4415 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4419 #elif defined USE_GTK
4421 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4422 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4425 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4426 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4430 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4432 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4433 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4434 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4436 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4437 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4442 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4443 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4444 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4445 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4447 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4448 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4449 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4450 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4451 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4454 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4455 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4458 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4459 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4462 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4463 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4466 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4467 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4474 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4475 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4481 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4484 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4485 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4488 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4490 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4492 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4493 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4494 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4501 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4503 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4504 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4505 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4509 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4512 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4513 float top
= *top_addr
;
4515 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4516 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4518 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4520 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4524 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4526 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4527 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4528 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4529 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4530 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4532 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4534 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4536 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4537 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4538 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4539 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4543 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4544 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4545 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4546 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4547 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4548 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4549 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4552 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4554 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4555 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4556 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4558 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4560 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4562 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4565 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4566 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4568 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4569 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4570 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4571 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4573 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4575 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4577 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4578 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4581 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4583 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4585 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4586 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4590 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4592 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4595 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4596 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4601 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4604 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4610 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4611 unsigned long pixel
;
4616 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4619 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4625 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4628 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4632 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4635 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4639 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4640 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4642 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4643 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4645 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4647 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4649 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4651 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4653 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4658 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4659 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4661 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4662 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4663 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4664 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4666 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4668 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4669 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4670 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4671 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4672 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4673 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4674 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4675 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4677 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4680 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4684 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4687 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4691 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4693 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4694 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4696 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4699 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4700 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4701 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4703 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4706 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4708 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4711 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4712 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4713 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4715 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4719 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4720 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4721 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4722 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4723 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4724 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4725 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4729 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4733 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4734 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4735 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4737 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4739 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4742 /* Specify the colors. */
4743 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4746 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4749 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4752 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4758 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4759 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4762 char const *initial
= "";
4763 char const *val
= initial
;
4764 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4765 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4766 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4768 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4769 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4770 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4771 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4772 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4773 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4777 /* Define callbacks. */
4778 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4779 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4782 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4783 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4785 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4787 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4788 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4789 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4790 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4792 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4793 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4794 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4795 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4799 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4802 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4803 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4807 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4809 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4812 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4814 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4817 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4818 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4825 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4827 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4828 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4829 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4830 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4831 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4832 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4833 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4834 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4835 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4836 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4837 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4838 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4839 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4840 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4848 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4849 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4852 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4856 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4857 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4859 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4861 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4862 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4863 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4865 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4867 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4873 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4874 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4878 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4880 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4881 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4882 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4886 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4887 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4888 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4891 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4892 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4893 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4894 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4896 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4897 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4898 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4899 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4900 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4903 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4904 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4905 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4906 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4908 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4909 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4912 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4913 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4914 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4916 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4920 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4924 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4926 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4930 /************************************************************************
4931 Scroll bars, general
4932 ************************************************************************/
4934 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4935 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4936 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4939 static struct scroll_bar
*
4940 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4942 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4943 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4944 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4949 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4950 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4951 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4953 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4957 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4958 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4959 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4961 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4962 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4964 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4966 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4968 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4969 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4970 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4971 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4972 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4973 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4975 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4976 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4977 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4978 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4985 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4987 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4989 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4993 bar
->height
= height
;
4997 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
4998 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5001 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5002 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5004 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5005 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5006 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5007 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5009 /* Map the window/widget. */
5010 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5013 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5014 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5015 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5016 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5017 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5018 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5019 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5021 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5022 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5023 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5030 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5032 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5034 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5035 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5036 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5039 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5040 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5041 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5042 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5043 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5046 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5048 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5049 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5050 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5051 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5053 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5055 && start
== bar
->start
5062 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5063 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5064 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5066 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5067 the distance between start and end. */
5069 int length
= end
- start
;
5073 else if (start
> top_range
)
5075 end
= start
+ length
;
5079 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5083 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5087 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5088 if (end
> top_range
)
5091 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5092 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5093 that many pixels tall. */
5094 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5096 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5097 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5099 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5100 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5101 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5102 inside_width
, start
);
5104 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5105 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5106 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5107 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5109 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5111 /* x, y, width, height */
5112 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5113 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5114 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5116 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5117 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5118 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5119 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5121 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5122 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5123 if (end
< inside_height
)
5124 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5125 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5126 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5127 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5133 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5135 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5139 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5141 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5144 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5146 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5147 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5148 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5149 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5151 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5154 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5155 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5161 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5162 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5163 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5167 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5169 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5171 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5172 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5173 int window_y
, window_height
;
5175 /* Get window dimensions. */
5176 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5178 height
= window_height
;
5180 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5181 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5182 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5184 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5185 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5187 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5190 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5191 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5195 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5199 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5200 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5202 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5206 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5208 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5210 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5212 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5215 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5217 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5220 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5221 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5222 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5226 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5227 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5228 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5229 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5230 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5231 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5233 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5235 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5244 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5248 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5250 /* Remember new settings. */
5254 bar
->height
= height
;
5259 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5260 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5261 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5262 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5264 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5266 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5269 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5272 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5273 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5274 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5277 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5279 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5280 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5284 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5285 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5286 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5287 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5288 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5289 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5290 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5292 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5293 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5294 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5297 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5299 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5300 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5303 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5304 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5305 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5306 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5307 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5308 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5309 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5314 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5315 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5318 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5320 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5324 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5325 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5328 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5330 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5331 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5332 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5334 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5336 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5337 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5339 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5340 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5341 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5343 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5344 one or the other! */
5348 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5350 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5351 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5353 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5355 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5356 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5357 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5358 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5361 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5362 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5365 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5367 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5369 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5371 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5372 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5373 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5375 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5377 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5379 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5382 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5385 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5386 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5390 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5391 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5392 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5394 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5398 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5400 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5401 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5402 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5406 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5408 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5409 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5410 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5411 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5413 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5414 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5415 /* x, y, width, height */
5416 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5418 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5420 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5421 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5426 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5428 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5429 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5431 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5436 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5437 const XEvent
*event
,
5438 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5440 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5443 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5444 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5445 emacs_event
->modifiers
5446 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5447 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5448 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5449 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5452 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5453 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5454 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5457 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5458 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5461 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5464 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5465 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5466 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5468 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5470 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5471 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5472 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5474 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5475 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5477 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5482 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5483 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5487 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5489 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5491 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5495 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5496 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5498 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5499 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5501 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5502 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5505 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5506 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5508 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5509 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5511 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5513 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5515 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5520 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5522 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5523 on the scroll bar. */
5526 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5527 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5528 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5530 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5531 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5532 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5533 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5535 Window dummy_window
;
5537 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5541 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5543 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5545 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5546 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5547 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5549 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5552 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5555 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5557 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5559 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5560 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5564 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5568 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5570 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5571 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5572 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5573 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5574 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5575 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5577 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5579 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5580 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5583 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5584 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5591 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5592 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5593 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5597 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5599 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5602 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5603 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5604 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5605 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5606 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5607 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5608 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5609 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5611 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5614 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5616 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5617 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5619 static int temp_index
;
5620 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5622 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5623 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
5625 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5627 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5629 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5631 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5633 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5634 on a particular display. */
5636 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5638 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5639 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5640 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5641 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5643 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5652 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5653 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5654 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5656 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5658 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5662 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5664 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5665 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5666 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5669 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5670 event
->xclient
.window
);
5672 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5677 static int current_count
;
5678 static int current_finish
;
5679 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5681 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5682 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5683 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5684 static GdkFilterReturn
5685 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5687 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5690 if (current_count
>= 0)
5692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5694 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5697 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5698 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5699 so we do it here. */
5700 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5702 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5705 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5710 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5713 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5717 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5721 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5722 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5724 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5726 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5729 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5730 enum xembed_message
,
5731 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5733 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5735 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5736 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5737 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5738 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5740 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5743 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5744 const XEvent
*event
,
5745 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5748 struct input_event ie
;
5749 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5753 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5754 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5755 struct coding_system coding
;
5756 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5757 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5758 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5759 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5760 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5761 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5765 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5767 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5768 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5771 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5773 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5774 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5776 switch (event
->type
)
5780 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5781 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5783 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5785 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5786 because this could be the shell widget window
5787 if the frame has no title bar. */
5790 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5791 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5792 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5794 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5795 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5796 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5797 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5798 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5801 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5802 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5803 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5804 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5807 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5808 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5809 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5812 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5813 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5814 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5816 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5817 /* The ICCCM says this is
5818 the only valid choice. */
5820 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5821 /* This is needed to detect the error
5822 if there is an error. */
5824 x_uncatch_errors ();
5826 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5831 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5833 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5834 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5835 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5836 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5837 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5838 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5839 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5840 session manager and one for this. */
5842 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5845 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5846 event
->xclient
.window
);
5847 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5848 for a single Emacs process. */
5849 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5850 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5851 event
->xclient
.window
,
5852 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5854 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5855 event
->xclient
.window
,
5861 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5865 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5867 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5868 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5875 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5878 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5881 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5883 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5884 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5888 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5895 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5899 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5900 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5903 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5905 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5906 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5908 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5909 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5910 currently never do because we are interested in
5911 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5912 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5913 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5916 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5917 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5921 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5922 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5923 we construct an input_event. */
5924 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5926 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5927 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5930 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5932 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5933 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5935 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5936 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5937 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5939 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5943 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5948 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5949 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5953 case SelectionNotify
:
5954 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5955 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5956 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5958 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5959 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5962 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5963 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5964 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5965 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5967 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5969 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5971 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5972 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5973 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5974 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5978 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5979 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5980 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5981 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5983 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5985 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5987 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5988 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5989 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5990 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5991 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5997 case PropertyNotify
:
5998 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
5999 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6000 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6001 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6002 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6003 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6005 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6006 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6007 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6008 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6009 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6010 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6011 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6012 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6013 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6016 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6017 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6020 case ReparentNotify
:
6021 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6024 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6025 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6027 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6028 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6029 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6031 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6036 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6039 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6041 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6042 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6043 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6044 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6049 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6050 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6051 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6052 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6053 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6054 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6056 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6057 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6062 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6063 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6065 #if defined USE_LUCID
6066 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6067 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6068 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6070 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6072 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6074 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6076 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6077 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6079 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6080 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6081 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6084 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6085 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6088 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6089 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6093 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6094 source area was obscured or not
6096 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6098 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6099 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6100 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6101 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6102 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6105 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6108 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6109 source area was completely
6114 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6115 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6118 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6121 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6122 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6123 the frame was deleted. */
6125 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6126 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6127 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6128 display that won't ever be seen. */
6129 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6130 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6131 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6132 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6133 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6134 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6135 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6136 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6138 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6139 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6140 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6146 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6147 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6148 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6151 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6152 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6153 frame is visible. */
6154 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6157 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6159 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6160 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6161 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6162 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6164 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6165 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6166 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6170 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6171 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6173 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6174 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6175 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6176 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6179 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6186 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6187 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6189 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6190 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6191 if (popup_activated ())
6197 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6198 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6199 mouse highlighting. */
6200 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6202 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6204 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6205 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6209 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6212 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6213 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6214 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6215 event
->xkey
.window
);
6216 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6218 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6219 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6222 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6226 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6227 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6228 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6231 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6232 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6233 status_return even if the input is too long to
6234 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6235 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6236 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6237 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6238 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6239 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6240 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6242 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6244 /* Event will be modified. */
6245 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6248 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6249 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6250 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6252 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6255 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6256 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6257 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6259 /* This will have to go some day... */
6261 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6262 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6263 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6264 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6265 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6266 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6267 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6269 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6270 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6271 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6272 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6273 not it is combined with Meta. */
6274 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6275 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6280 Status status_return
;
6282 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6283 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6284 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6285 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6287 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6289 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6290 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6291 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6292 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6293 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6296 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6297 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6299 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6304 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6305 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6309 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6310 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6313 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6314 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6318 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6319 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6320 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6323 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6324 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6326 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6327 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6329 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6330 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6332 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6333 translations to characters. */
6334 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6335 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6337 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6338 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6342 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6343 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6345 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6346 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6348 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6349 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6353 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6354 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6355 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6360 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6361 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6362 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6363 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6367 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6368 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6369 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6370 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6371 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6372 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6374 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6375 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6377 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6378 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6379 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6380 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6381 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6407 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6408 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6410 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6411 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6413 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6414 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6416 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6417 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6419 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6420 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6422 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6423 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6424 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6425 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6426 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6427 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6428 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6429 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6430 don't have real modifiers but
6431 should be treated similarly to
6432 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6433 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6434 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6435 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6439 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6440 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6442 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6443 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6447 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6451 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6453 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6455 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6458 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6460 /* Decode the input data. */
6462 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6463 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6464 we used just above and the locale. */
6465 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6466 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6467 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6468 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6469 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6470 gives us composition information. */
6471 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6473 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6475 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6476 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6477 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6478 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6479 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6480 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6483 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6484 character events. */
6485 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6488 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6489 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6491 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6492 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6493 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6494 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6496 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6501 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6503 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6506 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6507 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6511 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6512 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6520 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6522 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6523 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6531 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6532 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6536 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6537 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6539 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6540 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6541 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6542 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6544 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6545 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6546 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6547 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6552 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6556 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6557 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6559 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6562 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6564 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6565 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6566 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6567 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6570 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6571 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6572 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6573 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6574 if (any_help_event_p
)
6578 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6579 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6580 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6585 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6590 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6591 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6592 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6594 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6595 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6597 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6599 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6600 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6604 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6610 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6611 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6612 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6614 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6615 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6616 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6618 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6619 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6620 will be selected only when it is active. */
6621 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6622 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6623 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6624 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6625 create event iff we don't leave the
6627 && (focus_follows_mouse
6628 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6629 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6631 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6632 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6634 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6635 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6637 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6638 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6642 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6643 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6644 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6645 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6648 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6649 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6651 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6652 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6653 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6656 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6657 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6658 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6659 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6664 case ConfigureNotify
:
6665 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6669 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6671 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6672 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6678 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6680 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6681 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6683 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6684 is called by the code that handles resizing
6685 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6687 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6688 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6689 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6690 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6691 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6692 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6693 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6695 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6696 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6697 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6698 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6701 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6702 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6703 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6707 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6708 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6709 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6710 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6712 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6715 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6716 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6725 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6726 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6727 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6729 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6730 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6731 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6733 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6734 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6737 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6742 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6743 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6744 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6745 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6748 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6749 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6751 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6752 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6754 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6755 handle_tool_bar_click
6756 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6757 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6759 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6762 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6763 if (! popup_activated ())
6766 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6768 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6769 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6771 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6772 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6774 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6775 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6778 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6780 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6781 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6782 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6786 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6787 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6788 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6790 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6791 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6793 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6795 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6796 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6798 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6800 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6801 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6804 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6806 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6807 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6810 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6813 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6815 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6816 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6817 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6821 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6822 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6823 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6824 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6825 Instead, save it away
6826 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6827 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6828 if (! popup_activated ()
6830 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6831 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6833 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6834 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6835 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6836 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6837 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6838 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6839 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6840 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6842 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6843 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6844 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6845 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6846 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6847 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6851 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6855 case CirculateNotify
:
6858 case CirculateRequest
:
6861 case VisibilityNotify
:
6865 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6867 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6869 case MappingModifier
:
6870 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6871 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6872 case MappingKeyboard
:
6873 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6878 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6883 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6885 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6886 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6888 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6893 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6895 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6900 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6905 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6911 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6912 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6913 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6917 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6918 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6927 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6928 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6929 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6931 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6933 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6935 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6936 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6938 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6941 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6946 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6947 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6949 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6950 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6951 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6955 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6958 int event_found
= 0;
6959 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6963 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6964 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6966 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6967 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6971 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6976 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6979 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6980 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6985 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6987 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6993 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6994 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6995 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6996 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
6998 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
6999 from all displays. */
7001 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7003 current_count
= count
;
7004 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7006 gtk_main_iteration ();
7008 count
= current_count
;
7010 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7012 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7015 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7017 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7018 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7021 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7022 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7023 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7025 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7029 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7030 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7032 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7034 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7035 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7039 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7040 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7041 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7043 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7044 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7055 /***********************************************************************
7057 ***********************************************************************/
7059 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7060 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7062 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7063 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7064 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7067 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7068 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7070 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7071 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7072 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7074 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7076 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7077 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7078 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7079 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7080 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7082 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7086 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7089 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7091 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7092 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7093 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7096 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7099 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7100 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7101 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7102 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7105 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7106 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7107 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7109 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7110 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7111 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7112 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7113 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7115 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7116 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7117 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7119 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7120 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7121 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7122 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7126 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7128 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7129 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7130 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7134 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7136 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7137 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7139 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7140 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7142 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7143 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7146 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7147 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7148 the bar might not be in the window. */
7149 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7151 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7152 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7153 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7157 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7158 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7159 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7160 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7161 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7164 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7165 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7166 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7167 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7168 that the glyph is legible. */
7169 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7170 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7172 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7173 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7176 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7179 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7180 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7183 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7185 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7187 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7190 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7191 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7193 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7195 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7196 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7197 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7198 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7200 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7201 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7202 width
, row
->height
);
7206 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7209 width
= row
->height
;
7211 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7213 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7214 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7216 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7217 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7218 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7219 row
->height
- width
),
7220 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7223 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7228 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7231 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7233 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7234 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7235 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7236 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7240 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7243 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7245 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7247 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7248 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7249 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7254 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7257 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7258 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7259 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7261 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7265 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7266 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7268 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7269 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7270 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7271 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7273 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7274 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7278 switch (cursor_type
)
7280 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7281 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7284 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7285 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7289 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7293 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7297 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7306 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7307 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7308 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7312 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7318 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7321 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7323 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7325 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7328 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7329 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7330 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7331 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7336 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7337 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7338 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7340 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7341 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7342 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7346 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7347 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7353 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7354 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7355 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7357 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7361 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7363 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7365 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7369 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7372 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7373 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7377 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7378 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7382 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7383 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7384 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7385 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7386 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7388 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7391 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7392 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7398 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7399 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7402 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7404 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7409 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7410 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7412 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7413 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7417 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7418 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7419 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7424 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7426 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7427 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7429 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7430 be called from a signal handler.
7433 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7434 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7436 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7438 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7440 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7441 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7442 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7445 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7447 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7448 x_error_message
->string
,
7449 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7452 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7453 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7456 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7457 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7458 stored in *x_error_message.
7460 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7461 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7463 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7466 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7468 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7470 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7474 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7475 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7476 x_error_message
= data
;
7479 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7480 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7483 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7485 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7489 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7490 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7491 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7492 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7494 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7495 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7500 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7501 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7502 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7505 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7507 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7510 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7512 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7513 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7514 x_uncatch_errors ();
7515 error (format
, string
);
7519 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7520 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7523 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7525 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7528 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7531 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7534 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7536 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7539 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7540 * idea. --lorentey */
7541 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7544 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7546 while (x_error_message
)
7547 x_uncatch_errors ();
7552 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7555 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7560 /************************************************************************
7562 ************************************************************************/
7564 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7566 static char *error_msg
;
7568 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7569 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7572 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7574 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7575 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7576 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7578 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7579 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7581 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7582 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7586 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7588 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7589 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7592 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7593 that are on the dead display. */
7594 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7596 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7598 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7599 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7600 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7601 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7602 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7603 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7606 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7607 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7608 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7609 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7610 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7611 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7613 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7614 trying to find a replacement. */
7615 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7616 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7619 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7620 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7623 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7624 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7625 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7627 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7628 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7629 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7630 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7631 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7632 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7633 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7634 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7635 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7638 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7640 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7641 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7643 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7644 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7645 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7646 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7651 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7652 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7656 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7658 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7659 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7663 totally_unblock_input ();
7665 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7666 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7668 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7669 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7671 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7672 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7673 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7674 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7677 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7678 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7679 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7681 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7682 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7685 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7687 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7688 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7689 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7695 if (x_error_message
)
7696 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7698 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7702 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7703 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7704 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7706 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7708 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7709 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7711 static void NO_INLINE
7712 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7714 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7716 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7717 or colors that are not defined. */
7719 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7722 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7723 original error handler. */
7725 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7726 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7727 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7728 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7732 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7733 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7734 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7737 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7741 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7742 DisplayString (display
));
7743 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7747 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7749 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7750 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7751 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7755 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7757 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7761 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7762 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7763 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7764 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7768 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7769 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7770 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7771 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7773 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7774 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7776 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7778 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
7780 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
7782 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7783 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7784 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7785 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7787 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7789 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7791 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7792 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7793 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7794 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7795 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7796 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7801 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7804 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7813 /***********************************************************************
7815 ***********************************************************************/
7821 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7822 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7823 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7826 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7828 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7829 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7833 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7834 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7836 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7837 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7839 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7840 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7844 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7845 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7846 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7850 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7853 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7854 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7857 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7858 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7861 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7869 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7870 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7877 XIMCallback destroy
;
7880 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7881 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7884 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7885 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7886 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7892 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7893 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7897 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7899 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7900 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7901 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7902 when the callback was registered. */
7905 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7907 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7908 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7910 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7914 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7916 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7917 as they have no XIC. */
7918 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7920 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7923 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7925 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7928 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7929 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7931 create_frame_xic (f
);
7932 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7933 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7934 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7936 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7937 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7946 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7949 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7950 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7951 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7952 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7955 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7957 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7961 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7962 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7965 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7966 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7967 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7968 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7969 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7970 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7971 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7972 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7973 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7974 eassert (ret
== True
);
7975 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7976 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7977 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7979 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7983 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7986 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7991 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7992 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
7994 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
7996 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
7997 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7998 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7999 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8000 eassert (ret
== True
);
8002 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8004 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8005 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8006 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8007 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8008 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8010 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8013 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8017 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8018 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8021 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8023 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8025 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8026 is already for the top-left corner. */
8027 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8030 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8031 position that fits on the screen. */
8032 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8033 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8034 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8037 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8039 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8040 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8041 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8043 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8044 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8045 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8046 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8049 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8050 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8052 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8055 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8056 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8057 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8060 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8061 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8062 so the flags should correspond. */
8063 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8066 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8067 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8068 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8069 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8070 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8073 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8075 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8077 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8081 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8083 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8085 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8086 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8088 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8091 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8093 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8094 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8096 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8098 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8099 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8100 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8101 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8102 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8105 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8106 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8108 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8109 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8112 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8113 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8114 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8115 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8118 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8119 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8120 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8122 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8123 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8124 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8125 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8126 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8127 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8132 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8133 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8134 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8135 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8136 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8139 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8142 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8143 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8144 Window wmcheck_window
;
8145 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8146 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8147 long max_len
= 65536;
8148 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8149 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8150 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8154 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8155 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8156 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8157 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8158 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8159 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8161 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8163 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8164 x_uncatch_errors ();
8169 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8172 /* Check if window exists. */
8173 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8175 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8177 x_uncatch_errors ();
8182 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8184 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8185 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8186 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8187 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8188 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8189 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8191 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8193 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8194 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8195 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8196 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8197 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8199 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8201 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8202 x_uncatch_errors ();
8207 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8208 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8209 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8214 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8215 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8217 x_uncatch_errors ();
8224 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8226 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8228 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8229 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8231 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8233 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8235 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8237 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8242 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8245 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8247 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8249 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8250 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8253 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8254 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8255 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8257 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8260 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8266 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8267 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8268 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8269 long max_len
= 65536;
8270 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8271 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8272 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8275 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8278 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8279 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8280 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8281 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8282 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8284 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8286 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8287 x_uncatch_errors ();
8289 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8292 x_uncatch_errors ();
8294 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8296 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8297 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8300 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8302 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8304 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8305 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8307 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8309 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8311 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8312 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8314 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8316 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8317 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8318 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8322 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8327 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8330 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8332 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8333 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8336 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8338 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8339 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8341 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8343 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8347 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8349 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8350 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8351 are sent at once. */
8352 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8354 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8355 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8356 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8357 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8358 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8359 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8361 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8362 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8363 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8364 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8366 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8367 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8369 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8370 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8371 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8372 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8374 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8375 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8377 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8378 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8380 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8381 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8383 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8384 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8385 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8387 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8391 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8395 return have_net_atom
;
8399 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8401 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8404 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8412 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8414 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8417 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8422 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8425 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8428 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8431 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8436 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8437 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8442 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8443 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8445 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8447 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8450 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8451 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8453 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8454 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8455 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8457 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8459 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8460 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8462 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8464 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8465 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8466 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8467 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8468 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8470 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8471 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8473 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8474 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8477 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8482 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8483 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8484 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8485 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8486 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8487 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8488 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8491 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8493 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8495 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8496 window manager window around the frame. */
8498 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8500 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8502 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8507 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8508 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8509 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8511 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8513 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8514 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8516 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8517 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8519 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8522 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8523 frame's position. */
8525 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8529 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8530 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8531 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8532 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8533 of an exact comparison. */
8536 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8540 while (count
++ < 50)
8542 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8544 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8545 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8548 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8549 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8553 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8556 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8557 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8560 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8564 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8565 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8567 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8571 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8573 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8575 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8578 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8579 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8581 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8583 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8584 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8585 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8586 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8588 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8590 pending_signals
= 1;
8591 totally_unblock_input ();
8592 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8594 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8599 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8600 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8603 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8604 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8605 break; /* Timeout */
8608 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8612 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8613 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8614 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8615 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8618 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8620 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8622 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8624 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8626 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8627 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8628 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8629 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8630 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8631 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8632 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8633 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8634 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8635 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8636 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8637 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8638 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8641 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8642 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8643 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8644 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8645 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8647 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8648 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8649 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8650 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8652 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8653 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8654 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8655 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8656 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8658 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8661 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8662 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8663 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8664 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8665 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8668 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8674 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8675 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8676 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8677 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8680 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8684 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8686 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8688 int text_width
, text_height
;
8690 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8691 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8692 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8693 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8694 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8695 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8696 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8697 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8698 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8699 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8701 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8703 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8704 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8706 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8710 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8712 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8713 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8715 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8717 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8718 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8720 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8721 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8722 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8725 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8727 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8728 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8730 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8731 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8732 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8733 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8734 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8739 /* Mouse warping. */
8742 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8746 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8747 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8749 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8750 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8752 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8753 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8757 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8758 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8762 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8765 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8769 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8770 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8774 /* Raise frame F. */
8777 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8780 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8781 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8782 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8786 /* Lower frame F. */
8789 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8791 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8794 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8795 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8800 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8803 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8805 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8806 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8807 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8808 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8809 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8812 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8815 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8817 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8818 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8820 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8822 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8825 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8826 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8827 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8829 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8834 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8842 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8844 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8846 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8848 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8851 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8853 unsigned long data
[2];
8854 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8856 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8859 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8860 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8861 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8863 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8866 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8867 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8871 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8872 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8873 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8874 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8875 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8876 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8877 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8878 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8879 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8881 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8882 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8883 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8886 /* Change of visibility. */
8888 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8889 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8890 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8891 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8892 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8893 finishes with it. */
8896 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8898 int original_top
, original_left
;
8903 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8905 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8907 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8908 call x_set_offset a second time
8909 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8910 before the window gets really visible. */
8911 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8912 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8913 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8914 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8916 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8918 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8919 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8921 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8922 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8925 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8926 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8928 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8930 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8931 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8933 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8934 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8936 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8937 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8938 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8941 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8943 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8944 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8945 so that incoming events are handled. */
8948 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8949 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8950 will set it when they are handled. */
8951 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8953 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8954 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8956 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8959 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8961 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8962 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8963 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8964 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8966 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8967 because the window manager may choose the position
8968 and we don't want to override it. */
8970 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8971 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8972 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8973 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8974 && previously_visible
)
8978 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8982 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8983 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8984 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8985 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8986 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8987 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8988 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8989 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8990 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8992 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8993 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8994 original_left
, original_top
);
8999 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9001 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
9002 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9004 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9007 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
9008 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
9009 Prevent an endless loop. */
9010 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
9013 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
9014 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
9016 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9017 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9018 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9019 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9020 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9022 if (input_polling_used ())
9024 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9025 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9026 handler reset it. */
9027 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9028 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9029 poll_for_input_1 ();
9030 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9033 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9036 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9037 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9043 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9045 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9048 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9052 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9053 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9055 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9056 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9057 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9061 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9062 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9063 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9064 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9065 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9066 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9069 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9070 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9073 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9074 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9079 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9080 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9083 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9087 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9088 just by the event that we get from the server.
9089 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9090 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9091 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9092 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9093 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9100 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9103 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9109 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9110 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9111 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9113 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9118 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9120 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9121 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9123 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9124 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9126 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9127 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9128 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9134 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9136 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9138 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9139 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9140 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9141 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9142 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9143 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9144 so we have to record it here. */
9145 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9146 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9151 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9152 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9153 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9157 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9159 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9160 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9163 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9165 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9167 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9168 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9169 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9170 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9171 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9172 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9174 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9175 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9177 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9178 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9182 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9183 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9184 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9185 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9186 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9188 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9189 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9191 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9195 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9199 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9201 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9203 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9205 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9206 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9209 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9210 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9212 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9214 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9218 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9221 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9223 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9224 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9227 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9232 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9233 commands to the X server. */
9234 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9236 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9237 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9239 free_frame_faces (f
);
9241 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9242 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9244 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9245 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9246 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9247 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9248 toolkit scroll bars. */
9249 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9251 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9252 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9261 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9262 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9264 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9265 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9267 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9268 we are using a toolkit. */
9269 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9270 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9272 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9273 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9276 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9277 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9279 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9280 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9281 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9283 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9284 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9286 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9287 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9288 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9290 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9291 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9292 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9293 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9294 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9295 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9296 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9297 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9298 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9299 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9300 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9301 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9302 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9303 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9304 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9308 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9309 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9311 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9312 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9314 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9316 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9317 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9321 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9322 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9323 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9324 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9325 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9326 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9327 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9328 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9329 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9330 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9331 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9332 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9333 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9334 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9336 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9339 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9340 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9341 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9343 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9344 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9345 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9346 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9347 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9348 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9349 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9350 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9356 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9359 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9361 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9363 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9364 commands to the X server. */
9365 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9366 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9368 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9372 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9374 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9375 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9376 that the window now has.
9377 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9378 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9379 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9383 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9385 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9386 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9388 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9389 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9391 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9396 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9397 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9399 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9400 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9402 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9403 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9405 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9406 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9408 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9409 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9410 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9411 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9413 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9415 int base_width
, base_height
;
9416 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9418 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9419 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9421 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9423 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9424 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9425 frame size very small. */
9427 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9428 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9431 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9432 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9433 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9434 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9435 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9437 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9438 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9439 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9441 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9442 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9443 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9444 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9445 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9448 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9451 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9456 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9457 long supplied_return
;
9460 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9464 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9469 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9470 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9471 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9472 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9473 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9474 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9475 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9476 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9483 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9484 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9488 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9489 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9491 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9493 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9495 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9497 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9500 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9502 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9505 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9506 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9507 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9508 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9510 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9511 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9513 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9514 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9518 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9520 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9522 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9523 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9528 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9529 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9530 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9531 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9535 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9543 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9547 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9551 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9552 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9553 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9554 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9557 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9559 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9560 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9562 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9566 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9568 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9570 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9571 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9572 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9574 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9578 /***********************************************************************
9580 ***********************************************************************/
9584 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9588 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9590 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9591 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9592 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9595 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9598 /***********************************************************************
9600 ***********************************************************************/
9602 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9603 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9604 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9605 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9607 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9608 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9609 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9611 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9612 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9613 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9614 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9615 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9616 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9617 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9620 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9622 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9624 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9626 static int x_initialized
;
9628 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9629 the screen number from the server number. */
9631 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9634 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9635 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9636 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9638 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9639 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9640 length_until_period
++;
9642 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9643 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9645 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9647 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9648 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9649 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9650 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9651 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9652 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9653 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9654 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9655 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9656 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9657 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9658 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9659 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9660 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9662 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9666 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9670 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9671 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9674 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9675 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9678 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9699 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9700 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9703 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9705 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9706 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9711 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9712 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9714 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9715 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9719 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
9722 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9724 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9725 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
9730 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9731 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
9732 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
9736 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
9737 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
9738 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
9739 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
9741 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
9744 x_uncatch_errors ();
9749 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
9752 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
9756 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
9759 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9762 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
9765 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9769 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9771 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9772 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9775 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9778 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
9781 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9783 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
9785 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9786 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
9788 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9789 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
9790 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9793 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
9796 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9798 if (x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
9799 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9802 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9803 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
9807 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9808 connection established. */
9809 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9811 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9812 the structure that describes the open display.
9813 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9815 struct x_display_info
*
9816 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9820 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9821 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9833 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9834 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9840 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9841 char **argv2
= argv
;
9844 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9846 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9850 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9851 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9853 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9857 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9859 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9861 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9862 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9865 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9866 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9868 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9870 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9871 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9872 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9874 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9875 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9876 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9877 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9879 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9880 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9881 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9883 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9885 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9888 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9892 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9894 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9895 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9897 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9898 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9900 s
= build_string (file
);
9901 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9903 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9904 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9908 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9909 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9912 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9914 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9916 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9917 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9918 So let's not use it until R6. */
9920 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9931 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9932 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9934 turn_on_atimers (0);
9935 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9936 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9937 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9939 turn_on_atimers (1);
9942 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9947 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9948 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9949 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9950 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9951 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9953 /* Detect failure. */
9960 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9962 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9963 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9966 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9968 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9969 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9970 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9973 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9976 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9978 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9980 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9982 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9983 list of terminals. */
9984 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9985 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9986 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9987 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9989 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9990 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9992 kset_system_key_alist
9994 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9995 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9997 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9998 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10002 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10003 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10004 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10005 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10006 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10008 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10011 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10012 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10013 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10015 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
10016 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10018 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10019 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10022 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10025 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10026 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10027 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10028 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
10029 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10030 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10031 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10032 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10034 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10035 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10037 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10039 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10040 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10041 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10043 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10044 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10046 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10047 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10048 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10049 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10051 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10053 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10055 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10057 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10058 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10059 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10060 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10061 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10062 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10063 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10065 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10067 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10068 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10070 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10071 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10072 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10073 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10074 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10075 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10078 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10079 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10081 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10084 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10085 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10086 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10088 if (STRINGP (value
)
10089 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10090 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10091 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10095 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10096 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10100 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10101 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10102 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10103 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10104 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10106 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10108 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10109 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10113 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10115 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10116 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10117 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10118 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10119 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10120 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10121 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10122 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10123 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10127 static const struct
10132 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10133 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10134 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10137 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10158 /* For properties of font. */
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10164 /* Ghostscript support. */
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10173 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10175 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10180 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10190 /* Session management */
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10197 const int atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
);
10198 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10199 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10200 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10201 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10202 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10203 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10204 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10206 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10207 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10209 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10210 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10211 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10212 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10214 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10215 False
, atoms_return
);
10217 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10218 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10220 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10221 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10223 xfree (atom_names
);
10224 xfree (atoms_return
);
10227 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10228 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10229 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10231 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10232 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10235 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
10238 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10241 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10243 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10245 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10246 if (connection
!= 0)
10247 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10250 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10251 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10253 if (interrupt_input
)
10254 init_sigio (connection
);
10258 XFontStruct
*xfont
= NULL
;
10259 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10262 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10263 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10264 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10265 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10266 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10267 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10268 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10269 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10270 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10272 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !((xfont
= XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))))
10273 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10275 XFreeFont (dpy
, xfont
);
10276 x_uncatch_errors ();
10280 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10281 for debugging X code. */
10284 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10285 build_string ("synchronous"),
10286 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10288 if (STRINGP (value
)
10289 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10290 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10291 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10296 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10297 build_string ("useXIM"),
10298 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10301 if (STRINGP (value
)
10302 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10303 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10306 if (STRINGP (value
)
10307 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10308 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10314 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10315 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10317 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10318 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10326 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10327 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10330 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10332 struct terminal
*t
;
10334 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10336 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10337 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10340 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10341 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10342 x_session_close ();
10344 delete_terminal (t
);
10348 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10349 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10351 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10352 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10355 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10357 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10358 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10359 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10362 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10363 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10364 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10368 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10370 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10371 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10372 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10373 that slows us down. */
10376 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10379 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10380 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10382 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10383 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10384 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10385 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10390 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10391 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10392 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10393 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10394 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10395 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10396 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10399 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10402 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10404 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10405 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10406 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10411 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10414 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10416 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10418 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10422 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10424 x_after_update_window_line
,
10425 x_update_window_begin
,
10426 x_update_window_end
,
10428 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10429 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10430 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10431 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10432 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10433 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10434 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10435 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10436 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10437 x_clear_frame_area
,
10438 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10439 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10440 x_draw_window_divider
,
10441 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10445 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10447 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10449 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10450 int connection
= -1;
10452 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10453 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10454 if (!terminal
->name
)
10459 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10462 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10465 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10466 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10467 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10469 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10471 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10472 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10474 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10475 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10476 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10477 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10479 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10480 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10481 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10482 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10483 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10484 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10485 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10486 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10487 leaks in other situations. */
10489 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10490 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10492 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10494 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10495 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10496 closing all the displays. */
10497 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10501 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10503 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10504 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10506 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10508 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10511 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10512 if (connection
!= -1)
10513 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10515 /* Mark as dead. */
10516 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10517 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10521 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10522 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10524 static struct terminal
*
10525 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10527 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10529 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
10531 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10532 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10534 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10536 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10537 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10538 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10539 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10540 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10541 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10542 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10543 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10544 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10545 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10546 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10547 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10548 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10549 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10550 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10551 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10552 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10553 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10554 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10555 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
10561 x_initialize (void)
10566 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10567 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10568 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10571 current_count
= -1;
10574 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10575 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10577 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10578 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10580 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10582 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10583 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10584 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10585 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10586 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10587 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10588 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10590 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10593 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10595 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10596 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10600 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10601 original error handler. */
10602 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10603 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10608 syms_of_xterm (void)
10610 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10612 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10613 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10616 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10617 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10619 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10622 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10623 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10624 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10625 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10626 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10627 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10628 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10630 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10632 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10633 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10634 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10635 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10636 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10637 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10638 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10640 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10641 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10642 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10643 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10644 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10645 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10646 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10647 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10648 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10650 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10651 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10652 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10653 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10654 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10655 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10656 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10658 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10659 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10660 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10662 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10664 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10667 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10670 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10671 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10672 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10673 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10674 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10675 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10676 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10677 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10678 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10680 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10681 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10682 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10683 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10684 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10685 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10687 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10688 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10689 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10690 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10691 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10692 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10694 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10695 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10696 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10697 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10698 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10699 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10701 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10702 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10703 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10704 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10705 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10706 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10708 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10709 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10710 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10711 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10712 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),